blob: 9449b7577457bb7176adf845d3286c1e34f7b0c5 [file] [log] [blame]
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Jul 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200961ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
962
963By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
964extended geometry keywords: >
965
966 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
967
968and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
969
970 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
971
972By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
973highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
974
975 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
976
977or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
978
979 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000981BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000982
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200983The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
985are supported.
986
987Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
988in ones |.vimrc|: >
989 let baan_code_stds=1
990
991*baan-folding*
992
993Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
994mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
995source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
996
997To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
998 let baan_fold=1
999Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1000indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1001considered equal to a tab). >
1002 let baan_fold_block=1
1003Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001004SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001005match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1006 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001007Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001008the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1009.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1010 set foldminlines=5
1011 set foldnestmax=6
1012
1013
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001014BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001016Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1018five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1019otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1020Basic.
1021
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001022If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1023example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1024 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001026
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001027C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
1029A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001030(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001031 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1033To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001034 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001035Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001037An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1038 :set filetype=cpp
1039
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001040Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001041*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1042*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001043*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1044*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001045*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1047*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001048 ...except { and } in first column
1049 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1050 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001051*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1052 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001053*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001054*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1056*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001057*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001058 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001059*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1060*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1061*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1062*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1063*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001064*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1065*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001067When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1068become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1069 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001070"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1071 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001072
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1074when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1075to a larger number: >
1076 :let c_minlines = 100
1077This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1078displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1079disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1080
1081When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1082works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1083you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1084
1085To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1086Example: >
1087 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1088 :function MyCadd()
1089 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1090 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1091 : hi link cMyItem Title
1092 :endfun
1093
1094ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1095"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1096not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1097highlighting: >
1098 :hi link cConstant NONE
1099
1100If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1101highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1102
1103If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001104in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001106 syn sync fromstart
1107 set foldmethod=syntax
1108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001109CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001110
1111C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1112the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1113
1114By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1115of C or C++: >
1116 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1117
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001119CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120
1121Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1122that are available. Additionally there is:
1123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001124chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1125chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1126chill_minlines like c_minlines
1127
1128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001129CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001130
1131ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1132If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1133 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1134This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1135"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1136file).
1137
1138You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1139 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1140Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1141 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1142This works immediately.
1143
1144
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001145CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1146
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1148
1149Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1150but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1151|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1152syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001153>
1154 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001155 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1156 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001157 \ }
1158<
1159Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1160
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001161There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1162this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1163dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001164
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1166"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1167namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001170 *g:clojure_fold*
1171
1172Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1173list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1174the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1175
1176
1177 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1178
1179Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1180reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001181>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001182 #_(defn foo [x]
1183 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1186(e.g. `#_#_`).
1187
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001188
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001189COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001190
1191COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1192development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1193versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1194add this line to your .vimrc: >
1195 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1196To disable it again, use this: >
1197 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1198
1199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001200COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001202The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1204
1205 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1206
1207The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1208
1209
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001210CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1211
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001212Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213
1214Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001215cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001216cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001217cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1218cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001219
1220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001221CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001222
1223This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1224used.
1225
1226Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1227symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1228between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001229"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1230>
1231 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001232
1233For using tcsh: >
1234
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001235 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001236
1237Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1238tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001239will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001240"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1241variable.
1242
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001243CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1244
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001245If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1246longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1247variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001248
1249 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1250
1251And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1252
1253 :w
1254 :e
1255
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001256Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001257
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001259CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001260
1261Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001262hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001264normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001265line to your .vimrc file: >
1266
1267 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1268
1269Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1270
1271 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1272
1273To disable these again, use this: >
1274
1275 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1276 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1277<
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1282doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1283startup vimrc: >
1284 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1285
1286
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001287DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1288
1289Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1290used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1291a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1292from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1293
1294More information about the language and its development environment at the
1295official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1296
1297dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1298type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1299and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1300framework.
1301
1302Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1303
1304https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1305
1306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001307DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001308
1309Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001310according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001311https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1312To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1313 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1314Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1315To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1316 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1317g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
1319
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001320DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001321
1322The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1323there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1324
1325 :let diff_translations = 0
1326
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001327Also see |diff-slow|.
1328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
1331The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1332provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1333the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1334versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1335uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1336line to your startup file: >
1337 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1338
1339
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001340DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001341DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1342DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
1344There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1345are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1346automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1347defaults to XML.
1348You can set the type manually: >
1349 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1350or: >
1351 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1352You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1353Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1354 :set filetype=docbksgml
1355or: >
1356 :set filetype=docbkxml
1357
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001358You can specify the DocBook version: >
1359 :let docbk_ver = 3
1360When not set 4 is used.
1361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001363DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001364
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001365Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1366supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1367NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1368and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001369Select the version you want with the following line: >
1370
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001371 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372
1373If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001374Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001376The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1377alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1378current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1379inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1380Stack Overflow -
1381
1382https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1383
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001384To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1385Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1386anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001387
1388 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1389
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001390If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1391block will be highlighted as an error.
1392
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001393There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001394"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1395is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001396
1397 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1398
1399If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1400
1401
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1403
1404Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001405(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1406idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001407
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001408There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1409explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1410Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001411 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1412or >
1413 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1414
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001415It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1416the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1417adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001418 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001420There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1421and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001422
1423Variable Default Effect ~
1424g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1425g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1426 doxygen comments.
1427
1428doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1429 and html_my_rendering underline.
1430
1431doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1432 colour highlighting.
1433
1434doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001435 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001436
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001437There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001438configuration.
1439
1440Highlight Effect ~
1441doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1442 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1443doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1444 \endlink from a \link section.
1445
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001446
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001447DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1451
1452 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1453
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001454The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001455this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1456
1457 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1458
1459before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1460Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1461'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1462Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1463highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001464delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001465
1466 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1467
1468The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1469
1470
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001471EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001472
1473While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001474syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1475highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1477
1478 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1479
1480Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1481
1482Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1483
1484 :let eiffel_strict=1
1485 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1486
1487Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1488five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1489"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1490
1491Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1492guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1493lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1494
1495If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1496"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1497
1498 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1499
1500instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1501
1502Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1503experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1504
1505 :let eiffel_ise=1
1506
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001507Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508
1509 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1510
1511to your startup file.
1512
1513
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001514EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1515
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001516Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001517version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001518Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1519
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001520Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1521still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1522Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001523
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001524The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1525
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001526 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1527 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1528
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001529To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001530auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1531add the following line to your startup file: >
1532
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001533 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001534
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001535< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001536
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1538
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001539Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001540specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1541file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1542filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1543Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001548Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001549the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001551The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1552put the following line in your vimrc: >
1553
1554 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1555
1556To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1557
1558 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559
1560
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001561ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1562
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001563Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1564maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001565
1566The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1567
1568 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1569
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001570Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001571specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1572file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1573filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1574Elixir.
1575
1576
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001577FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1578
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001579FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1580http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001581NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001582development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001583
1584Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1585syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1586editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1587start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1588'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1589(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1590and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1591
1592If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1593move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1594 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1600modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001601following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1603
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001604If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605redefine the following syntax groups:
1606
1607 - formConditional
1608 - formNumber
1609 - formStatement
1610 - formHeaderStatement
1611 - formComment
1612 - formPreProc
1613 - formDirective
1614 - formType
1615 - formString
1616
1617Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1618directives per default in the same syntax group.
1619
1620A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001621header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001622this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1623
1624 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1625
1626The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001627gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1629
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001630Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1631should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1632the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1633
1634If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1635example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1636 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1637
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001638
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001639FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1640
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001641Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1642be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1643edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1644 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001645 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1646
1647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001648FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649
1650Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001651Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1652choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16532023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165490, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1655respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001656items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001657
1658The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1659fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1660the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001661
1662Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001663Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1665
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001666When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001669in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1670source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1672in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1673
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001674If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1675extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1676file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1677will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1678on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001680When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1683neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001684determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1685using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1686compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001687free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1688different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1689script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1690no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1691fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1692In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1693the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1694happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1695columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1696file.
1697
1698Vendor extensions ~
1699Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1700script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1701created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1702characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1703with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001704 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001705placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1706
1707If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1708set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1709 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1710placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1711
1712To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1713intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1714command such as >
1715 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1716placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001717
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001718Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001719Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001721Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001722using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1724 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001725placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1727
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001728Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001729Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1730fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001731 :let fortran_fold=1
1732to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1733is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001734subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1735units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1736constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1737fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001739then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001740select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1741be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001742
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001743The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1744comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1745non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1746or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001747items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748
1749Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001750Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1751strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1753
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001754For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001755|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001757FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1758
1759FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1760dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1761for how to select the correct dialect.
1762
1763Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1764
1765Variable Highlight ~
1766*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1767*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1768*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1769*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1770
1771
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001773FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774
1775In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1776the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1777appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1778patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1779number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1780
1781For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1782as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1783
1784 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1785 \ set filetype=fvwm
1786
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001787GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001788
1789The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1790the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1791is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1792are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1793
1794 htmlString
1795 htmlValue
1796 htmlEndTag
1797 htmlTag
1798 htmlTagN
1799
1800Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1801java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1802group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1803correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1804to the contains clause.
1805
1806The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1807group to make them easier to see.
1808
1809
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001810GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001811
1812The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001813under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1815filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1816(see |filetype.txt|).
1817
1818
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001819HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1824
1825If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1826light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1827 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1828To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1829add: >
1830 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1831To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1832 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1833And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1834 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1835If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1836your .vimrc: >
1837 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1838
1839The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1840directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001841directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1842operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001843as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1844 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1845
1846The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1847automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1848TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850in your .vimrc >
1851 :let lhs_markup = none
1852for no highlighting at all, or >
1853 :let lhs_markup = tex
1854to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1855For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1856this variable, so e.g. >
1857 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001858will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001859set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1860loading a file.
1861
1862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001863HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864
1865The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1866
1867The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1868This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001869closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1870are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871
1872Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1873names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1874makes it easy to spot errors
1875
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001876Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1878
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001879Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1881text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1882while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001883only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001884<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885
1886If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1887following syntax groups:
1888
1889 - htmlBold
1890 - htmlBoldUnderline
1891 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1892 - htmlUnderline
1893 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1894 - htmlItalic
1895 - htmlTitle for titles
1896 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1897
1898To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1899of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1900following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1901are read during initialization) >
1902 :let html_my_rendering=1
1903
1904If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1905http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1906
1907You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1908vimrc file: >
1909 :let html_no_rendering=1
1910
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001911By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1912line. This can be configured using: >
1913 :let html_minlines = 500
1914<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001915HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1916details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1917However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001918ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001919 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1920
1921JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1922'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001923programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1924currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001925
1926Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1927
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001928There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1929written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001930following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1931(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001932>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1934 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1935
1936Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1937the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1938
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001939 *html-folding*
1940The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1941and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1942
1943 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1944 :set foldmethod=syntax
1945
1946Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1947especially for large files.
1948
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001949
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001950HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001951
1952The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1953
1954Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1955doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1956this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1957different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1958 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1959
1960Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1961
1962Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1963signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1964a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1965 :set syntax=htmlos
1966
1967Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1968block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1969
1970
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001971IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001972
1973Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1974how to recognize this filetype.
1975
1976To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1977 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1978
1979
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001980INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001981
1982Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1983most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1984to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1985 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1986
1987By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1988and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1989you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1990need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1991 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1992
1993This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1994set of highlighted system functions.
1995
1996The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1997it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1998by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1999startup sequence: >
2000 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2001
2002By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2003version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2004Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2005startup sequence: >
2006 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2007
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002008IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2009
2010IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2011Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2012
2013IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2014rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002015repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002016
2017There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2018are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2019
2020The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2021
2022Variable Effect ~
2023
2024idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2025 extensions
2026idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2027idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2028 quite helpful)
2029idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2030
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002032JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033
2034The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
2035
2036In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2037flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002038classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2039old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002040 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
2041
2042All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
2043highlight them use: >
2044 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
2045
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002046You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002047download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
2048If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
2049use the following: >
2050 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
2051Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2052
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002053Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2054of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2055you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020571) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002058a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002059 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002060 :let java_highlight_functions="indent1"
2061 :let java_highlight_functions="indent2"
2062 :let java_highlight_functions="indent3"
2063 :let java_highlight_functions="indent4"
2064 :let java_highlight_functions="indent5"
2065 :let java_highlight_functions="indent6"
2066 :let java_highlight_functions="indent7"
2067 :let java_highlight_functions="indent8"
2068Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002069
20702) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2071are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2072any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002073 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002074
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002075In addition, you can combine any value of "java_highlight_functions" with >
2076 :let java_highlight_signature=1
2077to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2078highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2079to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2080distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2081
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002082If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2083function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2084or compose new ones.
2085
2086Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2087down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2088conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
2089 :let java_highlight_generics=1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002090
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002091In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002092only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002093statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002094your startup file: >
2095 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2096The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002097characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002098new highlightings for the following groups.:
2099 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2100which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002101strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002102have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002103
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002104Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2105creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2106similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2107and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002108 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2109 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2110 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2111 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2112 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002113 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002114 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2115To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2116 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2117
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002118If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2119can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2120scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2121actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2122CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002123 :let java_javascript=1
2124 :let java_css=1
2125 :let java_vb=1
2126
2127In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2128for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2129 :hi link javaParen Comment
2130or >
2131 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2132
2133If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2134when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2135to a larger number: >
2136 :let java_minlines = 50
2137This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2138displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2139number is that redrawing can become slow.
2140
2141
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002142JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2143
2144The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2145default. To disable concealment: >
2146 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2147
2148To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2149 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2150
2151
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002152JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2153
2154To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2155 hi link jqNumber Normal
2156
2157If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2158 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2159
2160
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002161LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002162
2163Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2164style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2165define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2166 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2167
2168
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002169LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002170
2171Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2172gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2173 :syn sync minlines=300
2174may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2175difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2176
2177
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002178LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2179
2180To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2181
2182 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2183<
2184
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002185LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2186
2187The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2188
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002189 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002190 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2191 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002192 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002193 of parenthesization will receive different
2194 highlighting.
2195<
2196The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2197the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2198colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2199specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002200usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002201highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2202
2203
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002204LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002205
2206There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2207
2208If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2209
2210 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2211
2212For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2213set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2214
2215 :let lite_minlines = 200
2216
2217
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002218LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002219
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002220LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2222users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2223should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2224
2225 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2226
2227If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002228modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002229
2230 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2231
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002232For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002233
2234 // vim:set ft=c:
2235
2236If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2237
2238There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002239used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002240and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002241assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002242you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2243
2244 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2245
2246For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2247
2248 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2249
2250For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2251
2252 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2253
2254For uLPC series of LPC:
2255uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2256instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2257
2258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002259LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002260
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002261The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002262the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2263lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022645.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002265
2266 :let lua_version = 5
2267 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002268
2269
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002270MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002271
2272Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002273quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002274signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2275whitespaces and end with a newline.
2276
2277Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002278as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2280
2281By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002282displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2284
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002285 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002286
2287
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002288MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002289
2290In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2291errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2292feature off by using: >
2293
2294 :let make_no_commands = 1
2295
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002296Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2297
2298 :let make_no_comments = 1
2299
2300Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2301(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2302because of this, you can try this: >
2303
2304 :let make_microsoft = 1
2305
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002307MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002308
2309Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2310supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2311The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2312highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2313
2314 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2315
2316to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2317choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23181, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2319$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2320
2321 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2322 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2323 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2324 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2325 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2326 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2327 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2328 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2329 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2330
2331
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002332MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2333
2334If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2335slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002336the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002337
2338 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2339
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002340If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2341documents you can enable like this: >
2342
2343 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2344
2345To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2346
2347 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2348
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002349
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002350MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002351
2352Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2353have the following in your .vimrc: >
2354
2355 let filetype_m = "mma"
2356
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002357MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2358
2359Be default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
2360headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2361
2362 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2363
2364If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2365and italic is possible by: >
2366
2367 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002368
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002369MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2370
2371Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2372dialect.
2373
2374The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2375
2376 taggedComment :=
2377 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2378 ;
2379
2380 dialectTag :=
2381 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2382 ;
2383
2384 reserved words
2385 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2386
2387A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2388lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2389additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2390
2391Example: >
2392
2393 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2394 ...
2395
2396Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2397dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2398defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2399
2400Example: >
2401
2402 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2403
2404
2405Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2406variables.
2407
2408Variable Highlight ~
2409*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2410*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2411*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2412
2413*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2414*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2415*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2416
2417*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2418
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002419MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002420
2421If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2422highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2423comments: >
2424
2425 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2426
2427To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2428
2429 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2430
2431To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2432'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2433
2434 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2435
2436Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2437
2438 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2439
2440To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2441
2442 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2443
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002444Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002445use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2446To enable this option: >
2447
2448 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2449
2450An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2451
2452 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2453
2454
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002455MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002456
2457There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2458
2459If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2460
2461 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2462
2463For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2464set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2465
2466 :let msql_minlines = 200
2467
2468
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002469N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2470
2471N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2472Couchbase Server databases.
2473
2474Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2475and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2476many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2477
2478
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002479NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002480
2481There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2482
2483If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2484errors, use this: >
2485
2486 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2487
2488If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2489
2490
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002491NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492
2493The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2494activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2495can use them.
2496
2497For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002498processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002499features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2500|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002501
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002502 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002503
2504Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2505Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2506there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002507you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002508can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2509native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2510\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2511accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2512environments.
2513
2514In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2515follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2516
25171. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2518
25192. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2520 exclamation mark, etc.
2521
25223. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2523 carriage return.
2524
2525The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2526algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2527
2528Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2529furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2530vertical space input will be output as is.
2531
2532Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2533than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2534practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002535marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002536need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002537spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2538
2539 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2540
2541Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2542with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2543highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002544"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002545
2546 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2547 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2548 \ gui=reverse,bold
2549
2550If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2551with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2552file: >
2553
2554 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2555
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002556As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002557paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2558
2559Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2560groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2561
2562
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002563OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564
2565The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2566.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2567
2568 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2569
2570you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2571by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2572
2573 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2574
2575prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2576contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2577
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002578PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2579
2580By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2581Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002582To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002583
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002584 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002585
2586The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2587
2588 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2589
2590To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2591
2592 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2593
2594This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2595
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002596 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002597 - image
2598 - block
2599 - subscript
2600 - superscript
2601 - strikeout
2602 - atx
2603 - codeblock_start
2604 - codeblock_delim
2605 - footnote
2606 - definition
2607 - list
2608 - newline
2609 - dashes
2610 - ellipses
2611 - quotes
2612 - inlinecode
2613 - inlinemath
2614
2615You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2616footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2617
2618 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2619
2620To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2621
2622 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2623
2624Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2625Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2626and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2627
2628 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2629
2630Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2631specified. Default = 1 >
2632
2633 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2634
2635For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2636list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2637can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2638
2639 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2640
2641To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2642
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002643 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002644
2645"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2646you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2647
2648To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2649
2650 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2651
2652Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2653Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2654
2655 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2656
2657The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2658
2659 :PandocHighlight LANG
2660
2661Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2662syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2663
2664 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2665
2666Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002667
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002668PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002669
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002670The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002671and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002672as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2673sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002674you set the variable: >
2675
2676 :let papp_include_html=1
2677
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002678in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002679sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002680edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002681
2682The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2683http://papp.plan9.de.
2684
2685
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002686PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002688Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2689could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2690or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002691
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002692 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2693 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694
2695The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2696provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002697Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002698enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2699following line to your startup file: >
2700
2701 :let pascal_traditional=1
2702
2703To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2704keywords, etc): >
2705
2706 :let pascal_delphi=1
2707
2708
2709The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2710*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2711operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2712
2713 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2714
2715Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2716
2717 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2718
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002719Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002720pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2721match Turbo Pascal. >
2722
2723 :let pascal_gpc=1
2724
2725or >
2726
2727 :let pascal_fpc=1
2728
2729To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2730pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2731
2732 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2733
2734If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2735will be highlighted as Error. >
2736
2737 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2738
2739
2740
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002741PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002742
2743There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2744
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002745Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2746to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2747files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002749 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002750
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002751To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002752off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002753
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002754To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2755from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002756
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002757 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002758
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002759(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2760enabled it.)
2761
2762If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2763
2764 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2765
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002766(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002767
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002768The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2769be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002770perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2771
2772 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2773 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2774 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2775
2776(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2777
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002778The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002779synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2780If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002781then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2782you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783
2784One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2785
2786 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2787 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2788
2789Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2790its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2791
2792 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2793
2794If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2795
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002796 :let perl_fold = 1
2797
2798If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2799
2800 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002801
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002802Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2803this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002804
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002805 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002806
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002807Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2808via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002809
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002810 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2811
2812Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2813behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2814
2815 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002816
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002817PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002818
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002819[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002820it has been renamed to "php"]
2821
2822There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2823
2824If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2825
2826 let php_sql_query = 1
2827
2828For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2829
2830 let php_baselib = 1
2831
2832Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2833
2834 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2835
2836Using the old colorstyle: >
2837
2838 let php_oldStyle = 1
2839
2840Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2841
2842 let php_asp_tags = 1
2843
2844Disable short tags: >
2845
2846 let php_noShortTags = 1
2847
2848For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2849
2850 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2851
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002852For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002853one: >
2854
2855 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2856
2857Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2858
2859 let php_folding = 1
2860
2861Selecting syncing method: >
2862
2863 let php_sync_method = x
2864
2865x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2866x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2867x = 0 to sync from start.
2868
2869
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002870PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2871
2872TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2873variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002874see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002875
2876This syntax file has the option >
2877
2878 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2879
2880if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2881
2882
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002883PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002884
2885PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2886
2887This syntax file has the options:
2888
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002889- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002890 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002891
2892 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002893 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002894
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002895 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002896 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002897 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898
2899 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2900
2901- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2902 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2903
2904
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002905PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002906
2907There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2908
2909If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2910
2911 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2912
2913For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2914set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2915
2916 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2917
2918
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002919POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002920
2921There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2922
2923First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2924currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2925and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2926Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2927extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2928level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2929highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2930
2931 :let postscr_level=2
2932
2933If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2934the most prevalent version currently.
2935
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002936Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2938PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2939
2940If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2941Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2942follows: >
2943
2944 :let postscr_display=1
2945
2946If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2947Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2948postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2949
2950 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2951
2952PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2953useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2954cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2955character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2956explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2957highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2958
2959 :let postscr_fonts=1
2960 :let postscr_encodings=1
2961
2962There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2963PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2964operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2965if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2966operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2967or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2968highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2969postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2970
2971 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2972<
2973
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002974 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2975PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002976
2977This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2978
2979In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2980the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2981appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2982patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2983"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2984
2985For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2986files, add the following: >
2987
2988 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2989 \ set filetype=ptcap
2990
2991If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2992are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2993internal variable to a larger number: >
2994
2995 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2996
2997(The default is 20 lines.)
2998
2999
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003000PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003001
3002Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3003doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3004startup vimrc: >
3005 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3006The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3007Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3008 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3009 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3010
3011
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003012PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003013
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003014There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003015
3016For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003017 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003018
3019For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003020 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003021
3022For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003023 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3024
3025For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3026 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3027or >
3028 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003029The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003030
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003031For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003032 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003033
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003034If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003035 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003036This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3037unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003038
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003039If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3040you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003041Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3042 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003043This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3044
3045Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3046 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3047
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003048
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003049QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003050
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003051The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3052based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3053between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3054definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3055to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3056be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003057
3058set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3059 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3060
3061set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3062 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3063
3064set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3065 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3066
3067Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3068commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3069
3070
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003071R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3072
3073The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3074can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3075 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3076
3077You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3078 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3079
3080enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3081braces: >
3082 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3083
3084and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3085 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3086
3087
3088R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3089
3090To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3091 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3092
3093To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3094 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3095
3096To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3097 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3098
3099By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003100language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3101highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3102is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3103behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3104and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3105 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3106 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3107 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3108 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3109 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3110
3111If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3112list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3113the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003114 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3115
3116
3117R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3118
3119To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3120 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3121
3122
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003123RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3124
3125Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003126rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003127inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3128as rasi files: .rasi.
3129
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003130READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003131
3132The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003133few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003134items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3135command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3136 let readline_has_bash = 1
3137
3138This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3139later, and part earlier) adds.
3140
3141
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003142REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3143
3144Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3145language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3146the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3147
3148
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003149RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3150
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003151Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3152select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3153syntax list.
3154
3155To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003156 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003157
3158To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3159`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3160 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003161 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3162 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003163 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003164 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003165
3166To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3167 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3168
3169To enable folding of sections: >
3170 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3171
3172Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3173
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003174
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003175REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003176
3177If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3178when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3179to a larger number: >
3180 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3181This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3182displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3183number is that redrawing can become slow.
3184
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003185Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3186comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3187your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3188>
3189 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3190
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003191
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003192RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003193
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003194 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3195 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3196 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3197 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3198 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3199
3200 *ruby_operators*
3201 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3202
3203Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3204
3205 :let ruby_operators = 1
3206<
3207 *ruby_space_errors*
3208 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3209
3210Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3211
3212 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3213<
3214This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3215as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3216"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3217spaces respectively.
3218
3219 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3220 Ruby: Folding ~
3221
3222Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3223
3224 :let ruby_fold = 1
3225<
3226This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3227buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3228filetypes.
3229
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003230Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3231"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3232
3233You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3234
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003235 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003236<
3237The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3238
3239 keyword meaning ~
3240 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3241 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3242 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003243 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003244 def "def" block
3245 class "class" block
3246 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003247 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003248 begin "begin" block
3249 case "case" block
3250 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003251 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3252 [ Array literal
3253 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3254 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003255 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003256 : Symbol
3257 # Multiline comment
3258 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003259 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3260
3261 *ruby_no_expensive*
3262 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003263
3264By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003265of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003266experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3267you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003268
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003269 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003270<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003271In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3272
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003273 *ruby_minlines*
3274
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003275If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3276scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3277the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003278
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003279 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003280<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003281Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3282largest class or module.
3283
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003284 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3285 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003286
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003287Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3288"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003289
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003290 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003291<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003292
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003293SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003294
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003295By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003296
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003297scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3298Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003299
3300
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003301SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003302
3303The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3304of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3305
3306The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3307case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003308used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3310 :let sdl_2000=1
3311
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003312This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003313keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3314 :let SDL_no_96=1
3315
3316
3317The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3318satisfied with it for my own projects.
3319
3320
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003321SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003322
3323To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003324highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003325
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003326 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3327<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003328in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3329inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3330by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3331also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3332you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3333
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003334GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3335comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3336comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3337
3338 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3339<
3340Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3341not (yet) affected by this setting.
3342
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003343Bugs:
3344
3345 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3346 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3347 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3348 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3349 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3350 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3351
3352
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003353SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003354
3355The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3356
3357The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3358This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3359closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3360defined for you)
3361
3362Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3363names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3364
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003365Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003366names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3367
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003368Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003369are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3370text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3371<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3372
3373If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3374following syntax groups:
3375
3376 - sgmlBold
3377 - sgmlBoldItalic
3378 - sgmlUnderline
3379 - sgmlItalic
3380 - sgmlLink for links
3381
3382To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3383following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3384are read during initialization) >
3385 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3386
3387You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3388vimrc file: >
3389 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3390
3391(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3392
3393
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003394 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003395SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003396
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003397This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3398shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003399
3400Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003401various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003402
3403 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3404 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3405<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003406See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3407cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3408/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3409that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3410shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3411symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003412
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003413One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003414variables in your <.vimrc>:
3415
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003416 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003417 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003418< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003419 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003420< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003421 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003422< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003423 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003424
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003425< (dash users should use posix)
3426
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003427If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3428default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003429the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3430statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003431sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003432
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003433The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3434
3435 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3436 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3437 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3438 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003439>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003440then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003441syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3442to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003443
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003444 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3445
3446If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3447when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003448to a larger number. Example: >
3449
3450 let sh_minlines = 500
3451
3452This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3453displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3454number is that redrawing can become slow.
3455
3456If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3457reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3458
3459 let sh_maxlines = 100
3460<
3461The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3462speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3463
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003464syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003465unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003466for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3467the following line in your .vimrc: >
3468
3469 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3470<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003471
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003472 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3473 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003474
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003475You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3476Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3477file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3478
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003479 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003480 " ==============
3481 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3482 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3483 unlet b:current_syntax
3484 endif
3485 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3486 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3487 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3488 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3489 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3490<
3491This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3492 awk '...awk code here...'
3493be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3494extended to other languages.
3495
3496
3497SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3498(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003499
3500The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3501
3502- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3503 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3504 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3505
3506- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3507 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003508 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003509 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3510 them in the syntax file.
3511
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003512- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003513 highlighting of # style comments.
3514
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003515 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003516 number of #s.
3517
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003518 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003519 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003520
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003521 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003522 more than one #.
3523
3524Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003525PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003526fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3527the syntax file.
3528
3529
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003530SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3531 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003532 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003533
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003534While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3535custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3536SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003537
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003538Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3539scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3540supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3541buffer by buffer basis.
3542
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003543For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003544
3545
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003546SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3547
3548Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3549designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3550bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3551with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3552
3553
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003554TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003555
3556This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3557for how the filetype is detected.
3558
3559Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003560is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3561add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003562
3563 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3564
3565If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3566when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3567to a larger number: >
3568
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003569 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003570
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003571This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3572displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3573synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3574tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3575redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003576
3577
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003578TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003579 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003580
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003581 Tex Contents~
3582 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3583 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3584 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3585 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3586 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3587 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3588 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3589 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3590 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3591 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3592 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3593 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3594 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003595 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003596 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003597
3598 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003599 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003600
3601As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3602sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3603 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3604in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3605modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3606 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003607If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003608 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003609<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003610 *g:tex_nospell*
3611 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3612
3613If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3614 let g:tex_nospell=1
3615into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3616comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3617
3618 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003619 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003620
3621Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3622prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3623this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3624 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003625If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3626see |g:tex_nospell|.
3627
3628 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003629 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003630
3631Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3632one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3633want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3634 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003635<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003636 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003637 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003638
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003639The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3640highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3641texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3642terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3643as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003644special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3645 %stopzone
3646which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3647texMathZone.
3648
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003649 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003650 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003651
3652If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3653 :syn sync maxlines=200
3654 :syn sync minlines=50
3655(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003656increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003657if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3658
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003659Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3660|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3661
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003662 *g:tex_fast*
3663
3664Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3665
3666 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3667
3668in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3669highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3670synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3671price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3672folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3673
3674You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3675selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3676
3677 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3678 c : allow texComment syntax
3679 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3680 M : allow texMath syntax
3681 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3682 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3683 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3684 S : allow texStyle syntax
3685 v : allow verbatim syntax
3686 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3687<
3688As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3689but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003690(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003691
3692 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003693 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003694
3695LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3696of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3697package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3698it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3699techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003700by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3701which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3702http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003703
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003704I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3705
3706 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3707<
3708The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3709
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003710 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003711 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003712
3713The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3714although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3715errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3716you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003717 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003718and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003719
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003720 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003721 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003722
3723If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3724code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003725 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3726You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3727(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3728As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3729 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3730You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3731and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3732The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3733has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003734
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003735 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003736 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737
3738One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3739commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3740following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3741such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3742
3743 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3744 :set ft=tex
3745
3746Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3747always accept such use of @.
3748
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003749 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003750 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003751
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003752If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3753number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3754including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3755superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3756superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3757In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3758
3759One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3760with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003761
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003762 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003763 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3764
3765You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003766<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3767for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003768
3769 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003770 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003771 d = delimiters
3772 m = math symbols
3773 g = Greek
3774 s = superscripts/subscripts
3775<
3776By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3777substitution will not be made.
3778
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003779 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3780 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3781
3782Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3783keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3784syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3785
3786 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3787 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3788 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003789 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003790 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3791 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3792 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003793 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003794
3795 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3796 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3797
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003798 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3799 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3800
3801 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3802
3803 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3804 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3805
3806 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3807 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3808 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3809 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3810
3811 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3812 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3813<
3814 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3815 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3816 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3817< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3818 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3819
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003820 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3821 Tex: Match Check Control~
3822
3823 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003824 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3825 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003826 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3827 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3828 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3829< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3830 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3831 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3832< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3833 regions, >
3834 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3835< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003836
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003837TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003838
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003839There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3840
3841For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3842set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3843
3844 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3845<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003846TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3847 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3848
3849There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3850
3851 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3852When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3853are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3854
3855 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3856<
3857The default value is 1.
3858
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003859TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3860
3861 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3862Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3863|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3864names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3865
3866 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3867
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003868VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3869 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003870There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003871updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3872g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3873improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003874
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003875 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3876 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3877<
3878 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3879 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003880
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003881 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3882The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3883embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003884
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003885 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003886 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3887 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3888 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3889 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3890 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3891 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003892<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003893By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003894itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003895types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3896mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003897 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003898Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003899
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003900 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3901 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3902 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003903 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3904 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003905 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3906 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3907 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3908 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3909 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3910 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003911<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003912
3913By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003914to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3915g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003916
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003917 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3918By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3919setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3920
3921 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003922Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3923is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003924highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003925
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003926 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3927<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003928
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003929
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003930WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3931
3932The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3933with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3934bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3935https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3936
3937
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003938XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003939
3940The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3941variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3942You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3943xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3944your .vimrc. Example: >
3945 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3946When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3947
3948Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3949"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3950highlighted.
3951
3952
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003953XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003954
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003955Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003956setting a global variable: >
3957
3958 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3959<
3960 *xml-folding*
3961The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003962start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003963
3964 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3965 :set foldmethod=syntax
3966
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003967Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003968especially for large files.
3969
3970
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003971X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003972
3973xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3974XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3975you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3976
3977To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3978somewhere else with "P".
3979
3980Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3981 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003982 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003983 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003984 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3985 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003986 :endfunction
3987 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3988 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3989This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3990It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3991must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3992
3993It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3994 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3995
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003996
3997YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3998
3999 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004000A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4001non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4002plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4003and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4004integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004005will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4006
4007Schema Description ~
4008failsafe No additional highlighting.
4009json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4010core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004011pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4012 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4013 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004014 schema.
4015
4016Default schema is `core`.
4017
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004018Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4019only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004020difference defined in the syntax file.
4021
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004022
4023ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4024
4025The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4026
4027 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4028
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004029==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040306. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004031
4032Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4033
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040341. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004035 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4036 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4037 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4038 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4039 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4040 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004041
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040422. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004043 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4044
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040453. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004046 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4047 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4048 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4049
4050Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4051you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4052to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4053and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4054"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4055one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4056This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4057each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4058for a lot of groups.
4059
4060Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4061group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4062for the syntax group with the same name.
4063
4064In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4065defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4066using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4067match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4068keyword with ignoring case.
4069
4070
4071PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4072
4073When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4074
40751. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4076 defined last has priority.
40772. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
40783. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4079 start in later positions.
4080
4081
4082DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4083
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004084:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004085 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4086 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4087 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4088 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4089
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004090:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004091 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004092
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004093
4094DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4095
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004096:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4097:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004098 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4099 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4100
4101 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4102 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4103
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004104 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004105 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4106 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4107 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4108
4109:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004110 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4111 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004112
4113 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4114
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004115SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4116
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004117:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4118:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4119:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004120 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4121 in a syntax item:
4122
4123 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4124 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4125 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4126
4127 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4128 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4129 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4130
4131 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4132
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004133:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004134 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4135 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004136
4137
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004138SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4139
4140:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4141 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4142 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4143
4144 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4145 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004146 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004147
4148 Example: >
4149 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4150<
4151 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4152 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4153 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4154
4155 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4156
4157 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004158 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004159 match.
4160
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004161 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4162 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004163 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004164
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004165DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4166
4167:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4168
4169 This defines a number of keywords.
4170
4171 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4172 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4173 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4174
4175 Example: >
4176 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4177<
4178 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4179 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4180 These examples do exactly the same: >
4181 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4182 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4183 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004184< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004185 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4186 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4187 variations at once: >
4188 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4189<
4190 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4191 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4192 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4193 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4194 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004195 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004196
4197 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4198 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4199 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4200
4201 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4202 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4203 instead.
4204
4205 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4206
4207 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4208 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4209 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004210 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004211 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4212 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4213< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4214 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4215 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4216
4217
4218DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4219
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004220:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4221 [excludenl]
4222 [keepend]
4223 {pattern}
4224 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004225
4226 This defines one match.
4227
4228 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4229 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4230 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4231 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4232 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004233 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4234 match with the end pattern. See
4235 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004236 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4237 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4238 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4239 line, which makes the match depend on where
4240 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4241 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4242
4243 Example (match a character constant): >
4244 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4245<
4246
4247DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4248 *E398* *E399*
4249:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4250 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4251 [keepend]
4252 [extend]
4253 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004254 start={start-pattern} ..
4255 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4256 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004257 [{options}]
4258
4259 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4260
4261 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4262 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4263 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4264 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4265 for the text in between the matched start and
4266 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4267 a different group for the start or end match.
4268 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4269 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4270 match with the end pattern. See
4271 |:syn-keepend|.
4272 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004273 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004274 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4275 extend a containing match or item. Only
4276 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4277 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004278 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004279 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004280 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004281 the region where not to look for the end
4282 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004283 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004284 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4285
4286 Example: >
4287 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4288<
4289 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4290 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4291 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4292 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4293 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4294 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4295
4296 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4297 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4298 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4299 the end patterns.
4300
4301 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4302 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4303 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4304
4305 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4306 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4307 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4308 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4309
4310 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4311 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4312 work: >
4313 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4314 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4315< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4316 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4317 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4318 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4319 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4320< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4321 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4322
4323 *:syn-keepend*
4324 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4325 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4326 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4327 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4328 { starts outer "{}" region
4329 { starts contained "{}" region
4330 } ends contained "{}" region
4331 } ends outer "{} region
4332 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4333 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4334 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4335 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4336 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4337 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4338 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4339< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4340 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4341
4342 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4343 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4344 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4345 contained matches.
4346 *:syn-extend*
4347 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4348 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4349 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4350 extended.
4351 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4352 others don't. Example: >
4353
4354 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4355 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4356 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4357
4358< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4359 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4360 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4361
4362 Another example: >
4363 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4364< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4365 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4366 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4367 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4368 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4369
4370 *:syn-excludenl*
4371 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4372 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4373 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4374 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4375 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4376 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4377 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4378 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4379 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4380 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4381 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4382 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4383 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4384
4385 *:syn-matchgroup*
4386 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4387 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4388 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4389< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4390 between with the "String" group.
4391 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4392 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4393 using a matchgroup.
4394
4395 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4396 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4397 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4398 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4399 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4400
4401 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4402 different colors: >
4403 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4404 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4405 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4406 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4407 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4408 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004409<
4410 *E849*
4411The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004412
4413==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044147. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004415
4416The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4417The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4418and may be mixed with patterns.
4419
4420Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4421can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004422 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004423 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4424:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4425:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4426:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004427
4428These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004429 conceal
4430 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431 contained
4432 containedin
4433 nextgroup
4434 transparent
4435 skipwhite
4436 skipnl
4437 skipempty
4438
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004439conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4440
4441When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004442Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004443'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4444concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4445edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004446
4447Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4448bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004449
4450concealends *:syn-concealends*
4451
4452When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4453the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4454Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4455'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004456in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4457|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4458items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004459
4460cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004461 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004462The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4463when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4464argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004465character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4466a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004467 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004468See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004469
4470contained *:syn-contained*
4471
4472When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4473the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4474another match. Example: >
4475 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4476 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4477
4478
4479display *:syn-display*
4480
4481If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4482detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4483by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4484to be displayed.
4485
4486Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4487conditions:
4488- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4489 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4490 line.
4491- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4492 make it continue on the next line.
4493- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4494 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4495 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4496- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4497 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4498 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4499 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4500
4501Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4502- match with a number
4503- match with a label
4504
4505
4506transparent *:syn-transparent*
4507
4508If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4509itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4510is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4511only to skip over a part of the text.
4512
4513The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4514unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4515avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4516highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4517 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4518 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4519 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4520 :hi link myString String
4521 :hi link myWord Comment
4522Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4523match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4524argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4525it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4526out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004527"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004528happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4529position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4530
4531When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4532items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4533see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4534through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4535
4536 look from here
4537
4538 | | | | | |
4539 V V V V V V
4540
4541 xxxx yyy more contained items
4542 .................... contained item (transparent)
4543 ============================= first item
4544
4545The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4546transparent group.
4547
4548What you see is:
4549
4550 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4551
4552Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4553
4554
4555oneline *:syn-oneline*
4556
4557The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4558boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4559region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4560the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4561continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4562line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4563
4564When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4565pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4566end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4567means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4568be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4569line break.
4570
4571
4572fold *:syn-fold*
4573
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004574The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004575Example: >
4576 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4577 :syn sync fromstart
4578 :set foldmethod=syntax
4579This will make each {} block form one fold.
4580
4581The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4582ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4583The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004584See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4585from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004586{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4587
4588
4589 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004590contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004591
4592The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4593groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4594containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4595regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4596this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4597here.
4598
4599contains=ALL
4600 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4601 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4602
4603contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4604 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4605 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4606 are listed. Example: >
4607 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4608
4609contains=TOP
4610 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4611 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4612 argument.
4613contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4614 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4615
4616contains=CONTAINED
4617 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4618 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4619 argument.
4620contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4621 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4622 listed.
4623
4624
4625The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4626that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4627The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4628 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4629The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4630that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4631command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4632syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4633the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4634group names.
4635
4636The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4637region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4638|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4639region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4640area that is highlighted
4641
4642
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004643containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004644
4645The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4646item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4647containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4648
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004649The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004650
4651This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4652be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4653of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4654the C syntax: >
4655 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4656Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4657level.
4658
4659Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4660appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4661keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4662work.
4663
4664
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004665nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004666
4667The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4668separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4669
4670If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4671tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4672a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4673will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4674current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4675other groups. Example: >
4676 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4677 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4678 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4679
4680This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4681"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4682highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4683
4684 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4685 fff bbb fff bbb
4686
4687Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4688when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4689highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4690would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4691
4692
4693skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4694skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4695skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4696
4697These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4698used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004699 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004700 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4701 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4702
4703When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4704next group that matches the white space.
4705
4706When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4707line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4708line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4709the current item in the same line.
4710
4711When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4712groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4713for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4714space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4715
4716Example: >
4717 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4718 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4719 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4720Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4721match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4722precedence.
4723Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4724"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4725example).
4726
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004727IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4728
4729:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4730 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4731 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4732 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4733 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4734 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4735 given explicitly.
4736
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004737:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004738 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004739
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004740==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047418. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004742
4743In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4744characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4745use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4746use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4747 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4748 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4749
4750See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004751always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004752value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4753not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4754independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4755
4756Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4757This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4758
4759 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4760The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4761change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4762match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4763are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4764pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4765
4766The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4767The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4768
4769ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4770me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4771hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4772he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4773rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4774re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4775lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4776
4777The {offset} can be:
4778
4779s start of the matched pattern
4780s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4781s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4782e end of the matched pattern
4783e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4784e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004785{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004786
4787Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4788
4789Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4790meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4791
4792 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4793match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4794region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4795region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4796region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4797
4798Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4799 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4800<
4801 some "string" text
4802 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4803
4804Notes:
4805- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4806 offset(s).
4807- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4808- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4809 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004810- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004811 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004812 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004813- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4814 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4815 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4816
4817Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4818 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4819<
4820 /* this is a comment */
4821 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4822
4823A more complicated Example: >
4824 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4825<
4826 abcfoostringbarabc
4827 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004828 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004829
4830Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4831
4832Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4833with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004834in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004835
4836The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4837be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4838cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4839characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4840used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4841specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4842
4843 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4844 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4845 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4846<
4847 ___zzzz ___wwww
4848 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4849 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4850 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4851
4852The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4853unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4854
4855
4856Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4857
4858The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4859expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4860
4861When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4862allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004863following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4864the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004865
4866The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4867continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4868matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4869halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4870previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4871is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4872 x x a
4873 b x x
4874Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4875after the "\n".
4876
4877
4878External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4879
4880These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4881
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004882 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004883 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4884 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4885 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004886
4887 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4888 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4889 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4890 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4891
4892Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4893sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4894shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4895items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4896referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4897example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4898 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4899
4900As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4901it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004902changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004903first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4904also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004905 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004906
4907Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4908indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4909to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4910Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4911within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4912sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4913the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4914
4915Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4916cannot be referred to.
4917
4918==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010049199. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004920
4921:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4922 [add={group-name}..]
4923 [remove={group-name}..]
4924
4925This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4926single name.
4927
4928 contains={group-name}..
4929 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4930 add={group-name}..
4931 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4932 remove={group-name}..
4933 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4934
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004935A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4936nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4937this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004938
4939Example: >
4940 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4941 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4942
4943As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4944retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4945to speak: >
4946 :syntax keyword A aaa
4947 :syntax keyword B bbb
4948 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4949 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4950 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4951
4952This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4953 :syntax keyword A aaa
4954 :syntax keyword B bbb
4955 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4956 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4957 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4958 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4959 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004960<
4961 *E848*
4962The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004963
4964==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100496510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004966
4967It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4968a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4969two different ways:
4970
4971 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4972 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4973 the |:runtime| command: >
4974
4975 " In cpp.vim:
4976 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4977 :unlet b:current_syntax
4978
4979< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4980 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4981 ":syntax include" command:
4982
4983:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4984
4985 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4986 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4987 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4988 that list. >
4989
4990 " In perl.vim:
4991 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4992 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4993<
4994 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4995 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4996 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4997 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4998 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004999 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5000 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005001
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005002 *E847*
5003The maximum number of includes is 999.
5004
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005005==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100500611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005007
5008Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5009make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5010redrawing starts.
5011
5012:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5013
5014There are four ways to synchronize:
50151. Always parse from the start of the file.
5016 |:syn-sync-first|
50172. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5018 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5019 |:syn-sync-second|
50203. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5021 |:syn-sync-third|
50224. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5023 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5024
5025 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5026For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5027limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5028
5029If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5030that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5031lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5032
5033If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5034for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5035adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5036slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005037 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005038<
5039 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5040When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5041cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5042start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5043the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5044break use this: >
5045 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5046The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5047change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5048value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5049
5050
5051First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5052>
5053 :syntax sync fromstart
5054
5055The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5056accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5057so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005058when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005059case: to the end of the file).
5060
5061Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5062
5063
5064Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5065
5066For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5067Example: >
5068 :syntax sync ccomment
5069
5070When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5071comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5072used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5073An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5074 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5075This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5076used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5077region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5078
5079The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5080lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5081lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5082lines, but it hard to sync on).
5083
5084Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5085that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5086is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5087chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5088is hardly ever noticed.
5089
5090
5091Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5092
5093For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5094Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5095means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5096Example: >
5097 :syntax sync minlines=50
5098
5099"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5100
5101
5102Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5103
5104The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5105sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5106region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5107starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5108the search continues backwards in the file.
5109
5110This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5111matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5112- Keywords cannot be used.
5113- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5114 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5115- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5116 forwards.
5117- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5118 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5119 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005120 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005121- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5122 group of continued lines).
5123- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5124 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5125 line (or group of continued lines).
5126- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5127 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
5128 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
5129 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5130
5131There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
51321. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5133 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5134 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5135 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
51362. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5137 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5138 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5139 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5140Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5141
5142Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5143avoid finding unwanted matches.
5144
5145[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5146search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5147highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5148faster.]
5149
5150 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5151 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5152
5153 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5154 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5155 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5156 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5157 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5158
5159 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5160 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5161
5162 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5163 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5164 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5165 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5166 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5167 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5168 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5169 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5170 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5171 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5172
5173 :syntax sync match ..
5174 :syntax sync region ..
5175
5176 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5177 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5178
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005179 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005180 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5181
5182 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5183 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5184 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5185
5186If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5187searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5188few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5189 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5190
5191You can clear all sync settings with: >
5192 :syntax sync clear
5193
5194You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5195 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5196
5197==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100519812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005199
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005200This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005201
5202 :sy[ntax] [list]
5203
5204To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5205
5206 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5207
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005208To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005209
5210 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5211
5212See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5213
5214Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5215is mostly used, because it looks better.
5216
5217==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100521813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005219
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005220In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005221and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5222of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005223
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005224 colorscheme pablo
5225<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005226 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005227:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5228 This is basically the same as >
5229 :echo g:colors_name
5230< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5231 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5232 feature it will output "unknown".
5233
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005234:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005235 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005236 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005237 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5238 "start" and then under "opt".
5239
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005240 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005241 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005242
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005243You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5244appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5245the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5246darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005247
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005248 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5249 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005250<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005251For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5252use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5253the original color scheme: >
5254 runtime colors/evening.vim
5255 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005256
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005257Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5258(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5259autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5260|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5261
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005262 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005263If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5264using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5265color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5266 augroup my_colorschemes
5267 au!
5268 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5269 augroup END
5270
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005271Change a couple more colors: >
5272 augroup my_colorschemes
5273 au!
5274 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005275 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005276 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5277 augroup END
5278
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005279If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5280colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5281 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5282 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5283
5284With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5285different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5286group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5287you can find them here:
5288https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5289
5290For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5291 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5292
5293
5294==============================================================================
529514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5296
5297There are three types of highlight groups:
5298- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5299 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5300 linked to a group of the second type.
5301- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5302- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5303 *hitest.vim*
5304You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5305 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5306This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5307in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005308
5309:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5310 attributes set.
5311
5312:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5313 List one highlight group.
5314
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005315 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005316:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005317 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005318 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5319 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005320 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005321
5322:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5323:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5324 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5325 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5326
5327:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5328 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005329 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005330 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005331 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005332 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5333 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5334 argument.
5335
5336Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5337default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5338highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5339values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5340the default value.
5341
5342A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5343a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5344
5345 :hi Comment gui=bold
5346
5347Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5348specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5349result is like this single command has been used: >
5350 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5351<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005352 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005353When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5354also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5355 :verbose hi Comment
5356< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005357 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005358
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005359When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5360mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005362 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5363There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5364term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005365cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005366 termcap entry)
5367gui the GUI
5368
5369For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5370the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5371
53721. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5373
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005374 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005375 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5376 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5377 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005378term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005379 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005380 following items (in any order):
5381 bold
5382 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005383 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005384 underdouble not always available
5385 underdotted not always available
5386 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005387 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005388 reverse
5389 inverse same as reverse
5390 italic
5391 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005392 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005393 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5394
5395 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5396 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005397 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005398 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005399 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005400 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5401 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5402 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5403 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5404 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5405
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005406< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5407 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5408 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5409 have to specify the codes like this: >
5410 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5411 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5412 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5413< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5414 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5415 fallback.
5416
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005417
5418start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5419stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5420 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5421 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5422
5423 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5424 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5425 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5426 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5427 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5428 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5429 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5430
5431 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5432
5433 1. A string with escape sequences.
5434 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5435 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5436 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5437 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5438
5439 2. A list of terminal codes.
5440 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5441 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5442 White space is not allowed. Example:
5443 start=t_C1,t_BL
5444 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5445
5446
54472. highlight arguments for color terminals
5448
5449cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5450 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5451 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5452 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5453 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005454 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5455 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5456 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005457
5458ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5459ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005460ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5461 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5462 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5463
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005464 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5465 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5466 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5467 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5468 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5469 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5470
5471 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5472 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5473 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5474 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5475 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005476 *tmux*
5477 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5478 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005479 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5480 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005481< More info at:
5482 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5483 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005484
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005485 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5486 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5487 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005488 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5489 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5490
5491 *cterm-colors*
5492 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5493 0 0 Black
5494 1 4 DarkBlue
5495 2 2 DarkGreen
5496 3 6 DarkCyan
5497 4 1 DarkRed
5498 5 5 DarkMagenta
5499 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5500 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5501 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5502 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5503 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5504 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5505 12 1* Red, LightRed
5506 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5507 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5508 15 7* White
5509
5510 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5511 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5512 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5513 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5514 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5515 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5516 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5517 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5518 a number instead of a color name.
5519
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005520 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5521 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005522 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005523 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5524 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005525
5526 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5527 colors!
5528
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005529 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5530
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005531 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5532 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5533 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5534 Example: >
5535 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5536< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005537 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5538 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5539 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5540 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5541 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005542 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005543 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005544 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005545
5546 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5547 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5548 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5549 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005550 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5551 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5552 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5553 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5554 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005555 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5556< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005557 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005558 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5559
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005560ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5561 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5562 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5563 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5564 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5565 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5566 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5567 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005568
55693. highlight arguments for the GUI
5570
5571gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5572 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5573 See |attr-list| for a description.
5574 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5575 have the same effect.
5576 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5577
5578font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5579 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5580 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5581 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5582<
5583 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5584 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5585 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5586 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005587 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005588 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5589 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5590 changed.
5591 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5592 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5593 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005594 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5595 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5596 Example: >
5597 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005598
5599guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5600guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005601guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5602 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005603 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5604 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005605 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005606 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005607 bg use normal background color
5608 background use normal background color
5609 fg use normal foreground color
5610 foreground use normal foreground color
5611 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5612 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5613 Example: >
5614 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5615<
5616 *gui-colors*
5617 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5618 Red LightRed DarkRed
5619 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5620 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5621 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5622 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5623 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5624 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5625 Black White
5626 Orange Purple Violet
5627
5628 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5629 |win32-colors|.
5630
5631 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5632 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5633 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005635 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005636 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005637 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005638<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005639 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005640 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5641 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005642
5643 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5644 # override it.
5645 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5646 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5647<
5648 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5649 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5650 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5651 scheme: >
5652
5653 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5654 colorscheme alt
5655<
5656 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5657 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5658 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5659 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5660 by a color scheme using: >
5661
5662 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5663 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5664<
5665
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005666 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5667These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5668'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5669of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5670command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005671When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5672unreadable use Visual selection.
5673
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005674 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005675ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005676 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005677Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5678 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005679 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005680Cursor Character under the cursor.
5681lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5682 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005683 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005684CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005685 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005686CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005687 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005688CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005689 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005690Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005691 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005692DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005693 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005694DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005695 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005696DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005697 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005698DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005699 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005700EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005701 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005702 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005703ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005704 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005705VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005706 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005707Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005708 *hl-FoldColumn*
5709FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5710 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005711SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005712 *hl-IncSearch*
5713IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005714 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005715 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005716LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005717 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005718 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5719LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5720 option is set, above the cursor line.
5721 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5722LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5723 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005724 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005725CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5726 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005727 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5728CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005729 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5730CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005731 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005732MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005733 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005734 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005735MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5736 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005737 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005738ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005739 *hl-MsgArea*
5740MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5741 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005742 *hl-MoreMsg*
5743MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5744 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005745NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5746 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5747 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5748 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5749 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005750 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005751Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005752 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005753Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005754 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005755PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005756 *hl-PmenuKind*
5757PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5758 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5759PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5760 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5761PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5762 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5763PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005764 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005765PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005766 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5767PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005768 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005769PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005770 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005771PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005772 *hl-PopupNotification*
5773PopupNotification
5774 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5775 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005776 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005777Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005778 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5779QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005780 *hl-Search*
5781Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005782 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005783 *hl-CurSearch*
5784CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005785 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5786 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005787 *hl-SpecialKey*
5788SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5789 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005790 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005791 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005792 *hl-SpellBad*
5793SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5794 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005795 *hl-SpellCap*
5796SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5797 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005798 *hl-SpellLocal*
5799SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5800 used in another region. |spell|
5801 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5802 *hl-SpellRare*
5803SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5804 hardly ever used. |spell|
5805 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005806 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005807StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005808 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5809StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005810 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005811 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005812 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005813StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005814 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005815StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5816 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005817 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005818TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005819 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005820TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005821 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005822TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005823 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005824Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005825 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005826Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005827 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005828Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005829 *hl-VisualNOS*
5830VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5831 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5832 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005833WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005834 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005835WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005836
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005837 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005838The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005839statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005840
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005841For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005842scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5843Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5844and guifg.
5845
5846 *hl-Menu*
5847Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5848 Also used for the toolbar.
5849 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5850
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005851 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005852 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5853 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5854 set.
5855
5856 *hl-Scrollbar*
5857Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5858 scrollbars.
5859 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5860
5861 *hl-Tooltip*
5862Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5863 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5864
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005865 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005866 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5867 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5868 set.
5869
5870==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100587115. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005872
5873When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5874can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5875group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5876
5877To set a link:
5878
5879 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5880
5881To remove a link:
5882
5883 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5884
5885Notes: *E414*
5886- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5887 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5888- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5889 removed.
5890- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5891 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5892 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5893 links for groups that already have settings.
5894
5895 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5896The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5897group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5898will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5899
5900Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5901specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5902 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5903If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5904 :highlight link cComment Question
5905Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5906overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5907
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005908To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5909highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5910another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5911"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5912 highlight! default link cComment Question
5913
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005914==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100591516. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005916
5917If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5918command: >
5919 :syntax clear
5920
5921This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5922or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5923in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5924load the syntax file.
5925The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5926loaded after this command.
5927
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005928To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5929 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5930This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5931
5932To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5933 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5934This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5935
5936 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005937If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5938the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5939 :syntax off
5940
5941What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5942 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5943See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5944$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5945
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005946 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5947If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5948defaults back: >
5949
5950 :syntax reset
5951
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005952It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5953affects the highlighting.
5954
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005955This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5956
5957Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5958back to their Vim default.
5959Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5960scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5961
5962What this actually does is: >
5963
5964 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5965 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5966
5967Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5968
5969 *syncolor*
5970If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5971script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5972'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5973the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5974reset" command.
5975
5976For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5977
5978 if &background == "light"
5979 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5980 else
5981 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5982 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005983<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005984 *E679*
5985Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5986'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5987endless loop.
5988
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005989Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5990your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5991depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5992
5993 *syntax_cmd*
5994The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5995syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005996 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005997 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005998 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5999 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6000 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006001 the colors.
6002 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6003 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6004 them.
6005
6006==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100600717. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006008
6009If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6010mappings.
6011
6012 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6013 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6014>
6015 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6016 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6017
6018WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6019memory Vim will consume.
6020
6021Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006022must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6023at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006024
6025Put these lines in your Makefile:
6026
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006027# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006028types: types.vim
6029types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006030 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006031 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6032 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6033
6034And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6035
6036 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006037 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006038 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006039 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006040 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6041
6042==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100604318. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006044
6045Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6046possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6047private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6048with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6049highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6050italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6051
6052To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6053windows on the buffer: >
6054 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006055< *w:current_syntax*
6056This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6057"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6058restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6059"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6060"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006061Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006062
6063Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006064on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006065syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006066same buffer.
6067
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006068A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6069is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6070When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006071
6072==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100607319. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006074
6075Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6076default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6077 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6078 : if has("terminfo")
6079 : set t_Co=8
6080 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6081 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6082 : else
6083 : set t_Co=8
6084 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6085 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6086 : endif
6087 :endif
6088< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6089
6090You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6091e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6092
6093Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6094be wrong.
6095 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6096The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6097But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6098 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6099 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6100<
6101 *colortest.vim*
6102To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006103To use it, execute this command: >
6104 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006105
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006106Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006107output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6108at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6109colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6110
6111 *xfree-xterm*
6112To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006113included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006114at: >
6115 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6116Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6117termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6118supports. >
6119 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6120If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6121(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6122
6123This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6124 :if has("terminfo")
6125 : set t_Co=16
6126 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6127 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6128 :else
6129 : set t_Co=16
6130 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6131 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6132 :endif
6133< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6134
6135Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6136translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6137Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6138
6139For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6140
6141 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6142 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6143
6144Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6145and try if that works.
6146
6147You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6148 XTerm*color0: #000000
6149 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6150 XTerm*color2: #008000
6151 XTerm*color3: #808000
6152 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6153 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6154 XTerm*color6: #008080
6155 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6156 XTerm*color8: #808080
6157 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6158 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6159 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6160 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6161 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6162 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6163 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6164 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6165
6166[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6167cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006168newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006169
6170To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6171Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6172 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6173<
6174 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6175To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6176Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6177these resources:
6178 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6179 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6180 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6181 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6182
6183 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006184These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006185foreground colors: >
6186 :if has("terminfo")
6187 : set t_Co=8
6188 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6189 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6190 :else
6191 : set t_Co=8
6192 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6193 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6194 :endif
6195< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6196
6197 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6198These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6199emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6200bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6201 :set t_Co=16
6202 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6203 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6204<
6205 *TTpro-telnet*
6206These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6207open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6208 set t_Co=16
6209 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6210 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6211Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6212that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6213(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6214
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006215
6216==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100621720. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006218
6219This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6220
6221If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6222faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6223as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6224
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006225Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006226You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6227
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006228To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6229sequence: >
6230 :syntime on
6231 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6232 :syntime report
6233
6234This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6235it took to match them against the text.
6236
6237:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6238 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6239 matching.
6240
6241:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6242
6243:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6244
6245:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6246 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6247 the output.
6248
6249 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6250 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6251 matching this pattern.
6252 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6253 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6254 matched
6255 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6256 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6257 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6258 this is not unique.
6259 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6260
6261Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6262include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6263pattern does NOT match.
6264
6265When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6266all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6267literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6268
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006269"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006270 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006271"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006272
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006273
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006274 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: